Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC List
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Component Locator
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label Usage - 3.8L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label Usage - 4.6L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View - 3.8L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View - 4.6L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Label
          • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Cooling Fan - Left Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan - Right Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp (ABS/TCC) Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector, Engine Side Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector, Transmission Side Connector End View
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Compass Module Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View - 3.8L
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View - 3.8L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch (w/UV6) Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) (w/UV6) Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) C1 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Check Valve Assembly Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C1 Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C2 Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C3 Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Front Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Rear Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch C1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Lateral Acceleration Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR Connector End View
        • Yaw Rate Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Sensor Connector End View
        • Accessory Inflator Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid-w/Column Shift Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid-w/Console Shift Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver (w/U2K) Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View
        • Radio (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Remote Playback Device - CD Changer (w/U1S) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Door (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Subwoofer (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Door (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Subwoofer (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Ashtray Lamp (Column Shift Only w/o Center Console) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Left - 3.8L Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Left - 4.6L Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Right - 3.8L Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Right - 4.6L Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp Connector End View
        • Interior Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp and Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Reading/Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Reading/Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch/AT Shift Lock Control Switch C1 Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch/AT Shift Lock Control Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Right Connector End View
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (1-2 SS) Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (2-3 SS) Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor (AT ISS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Inline Connector, Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness Assembly Side Connector End View
        • Inline Connector, Automatic Transmission Wiring Extension Harness Assembly Side Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • TCC Brake Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly- Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C3 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C1 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C2 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - LR C1 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - LR C2 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - RR C1 Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator - RR C2 Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - LR Connector End View
        • Window Motor - RR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Switch - LR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - RR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module - Driver C1 (w/AG1,A80,KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module - Driver C2 (w/AG1,KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C1 (w/AG2,A81,KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C2 (w/AG2,KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Memory/Personalization Function Switch (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C1 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C2 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C3 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1) w/o A80 and A45 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1 and A80) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1, A80 and A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/AG2) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/AG2, A81) Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor - Driver (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor - Driver (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor - Front Passenger (A81) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor - Driver (A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Switch - Driver (w/A45 and AL9) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Switch-Driver (w/o A45)-(W/AL9) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Switch - Front Passenger (w/A81) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Position Sensor - Driver (A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor - Driver (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor - Driver (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) C1 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) C2 Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Module C1 Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Module C2 Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Motor C1 Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Motor C2 Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch - 3.8L Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch - 4.6L Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Low Temperature Sensor - 4.6L Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor - 3.8L Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor - 4.6L Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator - Left Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator - Right Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Ambient Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Inside Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Left Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Right Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Left Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Right Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger C2 Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C4 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C5 (UK3) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - LF (AJ7) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - RF (AJ7) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Left (AJ7) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Right (AJ7) Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • Notes
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN Y
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN Y
      • Exterior Lights
        • Notes
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN Y
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN Y
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN Y
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure (Testing For Voltage)
          • Procedure (Testing For Ground)
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Tools Required
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Ground, Inline And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
          • Notes
          • C803
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • SP103
          • SP105
          • SP106
          • SP200
          • SP201
          • SP300
          • SP301
          • SP302
          • SP303
          • SP304
          • SP306
          • SP310
          • SP401
          • SP402
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Garage Door Opener System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Garage Door Opener Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Garage Door Opener Component Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms - Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • DTC Table
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1562, B1567, B1572, or B1577: Mirror Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1582, B1583, B1592, B1593, B1612, B1613, B1622, or B1623: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152, or B3157: Door Lock Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292: Window Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522: Master Window Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527: Window Lockout Switch Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1161-U1163 or U1170: Lost Communications With XXX Door Module
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Molding Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly
          • Front Passenger Door Power Window Switch
          • Rear Door Power Window Switches
          • Window Motors
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking Feature
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (140)
          • Passenger Door Ajar (141)
          • Left Rear Door Ajar (142)
          • Right Rear Door Ajar (143)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror
          • RH Mirror
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3109
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Second Operation Inoperative with Transmitter
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description And Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors (Second Operation)
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC List
        • DTC B2947: Security System Sensor Power CKT Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948: Security System Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2955: Security System Sensor Data CKT Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2960: Sec Sys Sensor Data Incorrect but Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: Key Decoder Device in Assem Learn Mode
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055: Key Not Present
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Lost
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630: Theft Deterrent Learn Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Adding Keys (Export - Including Canada)
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Set Up a New Theft Deterrent Control Module
            • Notes
            • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft System Indicator(s)
            • ALARM OCCURRED - 40 (with DIC)
            • Security
            • SERVICE THEFT SYSTEM - 34 (with DIC)
            • STARTING DISABLED - THEFT - 33 (with DIC)
            • Theft LED
          • Keyless Entry System (w/AU0)
          • Radio with Theftlock
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • Personalization
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Door Lock Actuators
          • Door Modules
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
          • Security Indicator
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • SECURITY Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Indicator Stays Illuminated and Engine Starts
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • SECURITY Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Communication Devices
    • Computer/Integrating Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Schematic Icons
        • Body Control System Schematics
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
        • Retained Accessory Power (Rap) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Component Views
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Identification Table
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Computer/Integrating Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1000: Electronic Control Unit (Ecu) Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1004: Electronic Control Unit Identification Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007: EEPROM Read/Write Error
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009: EEPROM Checksum Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1010: System Sensors Data Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1390: Device Voltage Reference Input (Single Or 1) Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1422: Device Power MODING Error
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1000 And U1255: Class 2 Data Link Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001 To U1254: Loss Of Communication Between Modules
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301, Or U1305: Class 2 Data Link Low Or High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Computer/Integrating Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate With Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Retained Accessory Power (Rap) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (Rap) Inoperative
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Dash Integration Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Integration Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration (IPM)
          • Procedure to Calibrate an Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration (Dim)
          • Procedure to Set Up a Dash Integration Module (DIM)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration (Rim)
          • Procedure to Calibrate a Rear Integration Module (RIM)
      • Description And Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description And Operation
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Circuit Description
          • Class 2 Serial Data Circuit
          • Power Door Serial Data Circuit
        • Body Control System Description And Operation
          • Notes
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM)
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
          • Power Mode Master
        • Power Mode Description And Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Fail-safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • Electrical Load Management
          • Idle Boost Functions
          • Load Shed Function
          • DIM Wake-up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (Rap) Description And Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
        • Audio Amplifier Programming and Setup
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM) Replacement
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM) Replacement
          • IPM Replacement
          • RIM, DIM, or IPM Reprogramming
        • Communication Interface Module (OnStar) Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Cruise Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Dash Integration Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM) Replacement
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM) Replacement
          • IPM Replacement
          • RIM, DIM, or IPM Reprogramming
        • Digital Radio Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Door Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • EBCM Replacement
          • EBCM Reprogramming
        • Electronic Compass Module Programming and Setup
        • Garage Door Opener Programming and Setup
        • Head Up Display Programming and Setup
        • Heated Seat Control Module Programming and Setup
        • HVAC Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • HVAC Control Module Reprogramming
          • Actuator Replacement
        • Ignition Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Programming and Setup
        • Instrument Panel Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) Replacement
          • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) Reprogramming
          • Actuator Replacement
        • Memory Seat Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Memory Seat Module Replacement
          • Memory Seat Module Calibration
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Powertrain Control Module Programming and Setup (3.8L)
          • Notes
          • PCM Replacement
          • PCM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Powertrain Control Module Programming and Setup (4.6L (LD8))
          • Notes
          • PCM Replacement
          • PCM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Radio Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • RIM, DIM and IPM Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM) Replacement
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM) Replacement
          • IPM Replacement
          • RIM, DIM, or IPM Reprogramming
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Replacing Keys
          • Adding Keys
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • DTC Table
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Scan Tool Output Controls (3.8L)
      • Scan Tool Output Controls (4.6L)
      • Scan Tool Data List (3.8L)
      • Scan Tool Data List (4.6L)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengage History)
      • DTC P0574: Vehicle Speed Too High - Cruise Control Disabled
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1554 (3.8L): Cruise Control Feedback Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1554 (4.6L): Cruise Control Feedback Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1560: Transaxle Not in Drive - Cruise Control Disabled
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1564: Vehicle Acceleration Too High - Cruise Control Disabled
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1566: Engine RPM Too High - Cruise Control Disabled
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1567: Active Banking Control Active - Cruise Control Disabled
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1570: Traction Control Active - Cruise Control Disabled
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1574: Stoplamp Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1575 (3.8L): Extended Travel Brake Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1575 (4.6L): Extended Travel Brake Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1585 (3.8L): Cruise Control Inhibit Output Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1585 (4.6L): Cruise Control Inhibit Output Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Indicator Always On
      • Cruise Control Indicator Inoperative
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
    • Repair Instructions
      • Cruise Control Cable Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cruise Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • DTC Table
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500: Inter-Device Dedicated Bus Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (Gen 6)
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (Gen 6.1)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications/Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1780
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2810
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Distortion
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Remote Playback Device Inoperative
        • Remote Playback Device - Audio Noise
        • Remote Playback Device Left or Right Channel Inoperative
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative
        • Radio Setup
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cassette Player Care and Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Cleaning Intervals
          • Head and Capstan Cleaning
        • Remote CD Player Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
            • XM Satellite Radio
          • Diversity Antenna System
          • Theft Deterrent
            • Radio
            • Digital Radio Receiver
          • Remote Playback Device
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Program Type Information
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Viewing Messages
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Tape/CD Player Error Messages
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Selecting a Program Type
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (3.8L)
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (4.6L)
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • DTC Table
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2556: Interior Lamp Rheostat Circuit Fault
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2627: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2628: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2641: Delayed Exterior Lighting Control Circuit Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2642: Delayed Exterior Lighting Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2643: Delayed Exterior Lighting Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2646: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Range
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2657: Ignition Halo Lamp Output Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
          • Test Description
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
          • Test Description
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Lamp Always On
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Lamp Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Twilight Sentinel Delay Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
        • Bulb Replacement - Ignition Cylinder Lamp
          • Removal procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Overhead Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Rear Quarter
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Notes
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) and Twilight Sentinel
          • Fog Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Lighting System Indicators
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamp Operation
            • Interior Lamp Switch
            • Door Activated Courtesy Lamps
            • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
            • Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • Reading Courtesy Lamps
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Sunshade Vanity Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Head Up Display Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • DTC Table
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTCs B2823, B2828, B2833, B2838, B2843, B2848, B3574
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2823-Base IPC Only
            • B2828-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2833-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2838-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2843
            • B2848-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B3574
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462 (3.8L): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0462 (4.6L): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (3.8L): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (4.6L): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1617: Engine Oil Level Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1450: Lost Communications With Compass
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Boost Gage Inoperative
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Compass Inaccurate or CAL Displayed
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Always On
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Speedometer Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Turn Signal Indicator Inoperative - Left/Right
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
          • Test Description
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Compass Calibration
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Electronic Compass Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Window Cleaning
        • Head Up Display Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement (without HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement (with HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunload and Twilight Sentinel Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (without HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (with HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) End
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Tray Insert Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement - Floor Console Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Boost Gage
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Volt Gage
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Check Gages
          • Engine Oil Change Now
          • Engine Oil Change Soon
          • Km/h and MPH Indicators
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Switches-Systems Monitor
            • Notes
            • E/M
            • Tire Press Reset
            • Trip Reset
          • Driver Information Switches (DIC)
            • Notes
            • E/M
            • Mode
            • Reset
            • Select
            • Trip Reset
          • Vehicle Data
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Engine Oil Life
            • Battery Voltage (with Boost Gage)
            • Tire Pressure Monitor
          • Personalization Programming
          • Compass Calibration
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Indicator Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Speed Display
            • Radio Display
            • Control Switches
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key In Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Turn Signal On
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (3.8L)
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (4.6L)
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • DTC Table
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2556: Interior Lamp Rheostat Circuit Fault
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2627: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2628: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2641: Delayed Exterior Lighting Control Circuit Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2642: Delayed Exterior Lighting Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2643: Delayed Exterior Lighting Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2646: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Range
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2657: Ignition Halo Lamp Output Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
          • Test Description
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
          • Test Description
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Lamp Always On
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Lamp Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Twilight Sentinel Delay Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
        • Bulb Replacement - Ignition Cylinder Lamp
          • Removal procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Overhead Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Rear Quarter
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Notes
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) and Twilight Sentinel
          • Fog Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Lighting System Indicators
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamp Operation
            • Interior Lamp Switch
            • Door Activated Courtesy Lamps
            • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
            • Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • Reading Courtesy Lamps
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Sunshade Vanity Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/CJ2)
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/oCJ2)
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature without Compass with OnStar®
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description And Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • DTC Table
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500: Inter-Device Dedicated Bus Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (Gen 6)
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (Gen 6.1)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications/Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1780
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2810
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Distortion
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Remote Playback Device Inoperative
        • Remote Playback Device - Audio Noise
        • Remote Playback Device Left or Right Channel Inoperative
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative
        • Radio Setup
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cassette Player Care and Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Cleaning Intervals
          • Head and Capstan Cleaning
        • Remote CD Player Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
            • XM Satellite Radio
          • Diversity Antenna System
          • Theft Deterrent
            • Radio
            • Digital Radio Receiver
          • Remote Playback Device
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Program Type Information
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Viewing Messages
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Tape/CD Player Error Messages
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Selecting a Program Type
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • DTC Table
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1562, B1567, B1572, or B1577: Mirror Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1582, B1583, B1592, B1593, B1612, B1613, B1622, or B1623: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152, or B3157: Door Lock Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292: Window Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522: Master Window Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527: Window Lockout Switch Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1161-U1163 or U1170: Lost Communications With XXX Door Module
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Molding Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly
          • Front Passenger Door Power Window Switch
          • Rear Door Power Window Switches
          • Window Motors
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking Feature
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (140)
          • Passenger Door Ajar (141)
          • Left Rear Door Ajar (142)
          • Right Rear Door Ajar (143)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror
          • RH Mirror
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Front Fender
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (SE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (SLE and SSEi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (SE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (SLE and SSEi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (SE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (SLE, SSEi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (SE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (SLE, SSEI)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Head Up Display Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • DTC Table
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTCs B2823, B2828, B2833, B2838, B2843, B2848, B3574
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2823-Base IPC Only
            • B2828-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2833-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2838-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2843
            • B2848-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B3574
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462 (3.8L): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0462 (4.6L): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (3.8L): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (4.6L): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1617: Engine Oil Level Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1450: Lost Communications With Compass
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Boost Gage Inoperative
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Compass Inaccurate or CAL Displayed
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Always On
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Speedometer Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Turn Signal Indicator Inoperative - Left/Right
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
          • Test Description
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Compass Calibration
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Electronic Compass Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Window Cleaning
        • Head Up Display Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement (without HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement (with HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunload and Twilight Sentinel Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (without HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (with HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) End
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Tray Insert Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement - Floor Console Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Boost Gage
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Volt Gage
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Check Gages
          • Engine Oil Change Now
          • Engine Oil Change Soon
          • Km/h and MPH Indicators
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Switches-Systems Monitor
            • Notes
            • E/M
            • Tire Press Reset
            • Trip Reset
          • Driver Information Switches (DIC)
            • Notes
            • E/M
            • Mode
            • Reset
            • Select
            • Trip Reset
          • Vehicle Data
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Engine Oil Life
            • Battery Voltage (with Boost Gage)
            • Tire Pressure Monitor
          • Personalization Programming
          • Compass Calibration
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Indicator Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Speed Display
            • Radio Display
            • Control Switches
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key In Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Turn Signal On
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (With Sunroof)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Without Sunroof)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle and Rear Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Replacement
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Carrier Replacement - Rear Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Headliner Description
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (3.8L)
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (4.6L)
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • DTC Table
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2556: Interior Lamp Rheostat Circuit Fault
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2627: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2628: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2641: Delayed Exterior Lighting Control Circuit Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2642: Delayed Exterior Lighting Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2643: Delayed Exterior Lighting Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2646: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Range
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2657: Ignition Halo Lamp Output Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
          • Test Description
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
          • Test Description
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Lamp Always On
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Lamp Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Twilight Sentinel Delay Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
        • Bulb Replacement - Ignition Cylinder Lamp
          • Removal procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Overhead Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Rear Quarter
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Notes
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) and Twilight Sentinel
          • Fog Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Lighting System Indicators
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamp Operation
            • Interior Lamp Switch
            • Door Activated Courtesy Lamps
            • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
            • Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • Reading Courtesy Lamps
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Sunshade Vanity Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Memory Modules
    • Personalization Systems
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Chime Level Adjustment
            • Notes
            • Variable Effort Steering
            • Programming Variable Effort Steering With the Tech 2 Tool
            • Additional Information
        • Driver Personalization
          • Modes of Operation
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Remote Activation Verification
          • Memory Seat and Memory Mirror Programming
          • Programming Features with the Driver Information Center (DIC)
            • Enter Programming
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Passenger Window Lock-Out
            • Remote Activation Verification
            • Delayed Locking
            • Perimeter Lighting
            • Memory Seats
            • Parallel Park Assist
            • Driver ID
            • Exit Programming
          • Programming Features with the Tech 2
            • Enter Programming
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Delayed Locking
            • Driver ID:
            • Passenger Window Lock-Out
            • Perimeter Lighting
            • Remote Activation Verification
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • DTC Table
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1562, B1567, B1572, or B1577: Mirror Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1582, B1583, B1592, B1593, B1612, B1613, B1622, or B1623: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152, or B3157: Door Lock Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292: Window Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522: Master Window Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527: Window Lockout Switch Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1161-U1163 or U1170: Lost Communications With XXX Door Module
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Molding Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly
          • Front Passenger Door Power Window Switch
          • Rear Door Power Window Switches
          • Window Motors
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking Feature
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (140)
          • Passenger Door Ajar (141)
          • Left Rear Door Ajar (142)
          • Right Rear Door Ajar (143)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror
          • RH Mirror
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/CJ2)
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/oCJ2)
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature without Compass with OnStar®
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Notes
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC Table
        • DTC B1420: MSM Detects Less Than 3 Volts From The Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, B1820, B1830, B1835, B1840, B1845, B1940, or B1945: Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B1860, B2355, B2365, or B2375: Input From Sensor As Lower Than 0.25 Volts Or Higher Than 4.75 Volts
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1826, B1851, B1861, B2356, B2366, or B2376: Motor Being Driven In Commanded Direction Changes By More Than 10 Counts Or 0.2 Volts
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2757, B2762, B2767, or B2772: Memory Recall Switch Circuit Is Active For More Than 30 Continuous Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3793: Measured Current Exceeds 81-amps For 100 Milliseconds
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (with A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (with A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (with A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (with A45)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (with A45)
        • Lumbar Support Does Not Move In or Out (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Support Does Not Move In or Out (with A45)
        • Lumbar Support Does Not Move Up or Down (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Support Does Not Move Up or Down (with A45)
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Temperature Adjustment Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Switch Low Indicator Malfunction
        • Heated Seat Switch High Indicator Malfunction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Split Bench
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front (w/o AM6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Front (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Front (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Recliner Motor Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Power Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Cup Holder Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Front Vertical
          • Rear Vertical
          • Entire Seat Up or Down
          • Recline
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (w/o A45)
          • Lumbar Support Components
          • Power Lumbar Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Vertical
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (with A45)
          • Lumbar Support Components
          • Lumbar Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Vertical
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power and Grounds
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Heated Seats
          • Load Management
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Personalization Option
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • MSM Power and Ground
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Recall Personalization
          • Memory Inhibit/Enable
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description And Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2818: TPM Reset Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1245: Tire Pressure Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Does Not Reset
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Using the Systems Monitor
          • Using the DIC, if equipped
          • Using the Scan Tool
      • Description And Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • DTC Table
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1562, B1567, B1572, or B1577: Mirror Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1582, B1583, B1592, B1593, B1612, B1613, B1622, or B1623: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152, or B3157: Door Lock Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292: Window Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522: Master Window Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527: Window Lockout Switch Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1161-U1163 or U1170: Lost Communications With XXX Door Module
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Molding Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly
          • Front Passenger Door Power Window Switch
          • Rear Door Power Window Switches
          • Window Motors
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking Feature
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (140)
          • Passenger Door Ajar (141)
          • Left Rear Door Ajar (142)
          • Right Rear Door Ajar (143)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror
          • RH Mirror
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/CJ2)
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/oCJ2)
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature without Compass with OnStar®
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
          • Test Description
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Transmission Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Outside Moisture Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wipers/Washer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Wiper/Washer System Description
          • Wiper/Washer System Operation
          • Low Speed Operation
          • High Speed Operation
          • Intermittent Operation
          • Park Position Operation
          • Mist Operation
          • Washer Operation
          • Check Washer Fluid Message Operation
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • DTC Table
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1562, B1567, B1572, or B1577: Mirror Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1582, B1583, B1592, B1593, B1612, B1613, B1622, or B1623: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152, or B3157: Door Lock Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292: Window Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522: Master Window Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527: Window Lockout Switch Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1161-U1163 or U1170: Lost Communications With XXX Door Module
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Molding Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly
          • Front Passenger Door Power Window Switch
          • Rear Door Power Window Switches
          • Window Motors
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking Feature
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (140)
          • Passenger Door Ajar (141)
          • Left Rear Door Ajar (142)
          • Right Rear Door Ajar (143)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror
          • RH Mirror
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3109
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Second Operation Inoperative with Transmitter
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description And Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors (Second Operation)
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC List
        • DTC B2947: Security System Sensor Power CKT Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948: Security System Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2955: Security System Sensor Data CKT Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2960: Sec Sys Sensor Data Incorrect but Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: Key Decoder Device in Assem Learn Mode
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055: Key Not Present
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Lost
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630: Theft Deterrent Learn Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Adding Keys (Export - Including Canada)
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Set Up a New Theft Deterrent Control Module
            • Notes
            • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft System Indicator(s)
            • ALARM OCCURRED - 40 (with DIC)
            • Security
            • SERVICE THEFT SYSTEM - 34 (with DIC)
            • STARTING DISABLED - THEFT - 33 (with DIC)
            • Theft LED
          • Keyless Entry System (w/AU0)
          • Radio with Theftlock
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • Personalization
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Door Lock Actuators
          • Door Modules
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
          • Security Indicator
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • SECURITY Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • SECURITY Indicator Stays Illuminated and Engine Starts
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • SECURITY Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • SECURITY Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Adjustment
          • Fore and Aft Adjustment
          • Up and Down Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Adjustment
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Rod Replacement - Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Rod Ball Stud Replacement - Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Deflector Replacement - Front (HX)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Deflector Replacement - Front (HZ)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Liner Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp & Bumper Fascia Mounting Panel - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Bar Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brace Replacement - Cross Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Sound Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cowl Drain Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Fuel Filler Door Lock Does Not Lock
        • Fuel Filler Door Lock Does Not Unlock
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lid Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Trim Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Trim Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spoiler Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Release Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Adjustment - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Compartment Lid Adjustment - Rear
          • Torque Rod Adjustment
        • Compartment Lid Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Rod Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Rod Adjustment - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid Interior Release
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Compartment Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Fuel Fill Door Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation (General)
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation (Indicator Inoperative)
          • Trunk Ajar - 24
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Inspection After Collision
      • Repair Instructions
        • Fascia Extension Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Pocket Cover Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Extension Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • WATERLEAK Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body WATERLEAK Repair
        • Stationary Window WATERLEAK Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • DTC Table
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1562, B1567, B1572, or B1577: Mirror Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1582, B1583, B1592, B1593, B1612, B1613, B1622, or B1623: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152, or B3157: Door Lock Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292: Window Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522: Master Window Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527: Window Lockout Switch Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1161-U1163 or U1170: Lost Communications With XXX Door Module
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Molding Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly
          • Front Passenger Door Power Window Switch
          • Rear Door Power Window Switches
          • Window Motors
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking Feature
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (140)
          • Passenger Door Ajar (141)
          • Left Rear Door Ajar (142)
          • Right Rear Door Ajar (143)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror
          • RH Mirror
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Front Fender
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (SE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (SLE and SSEi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (SE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (SLE and SSEi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (SE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (SLE, SSEi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (SE)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (SLE, SSEI)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Head Up Display Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • DTC Table
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTCs B2823, B2828, B2833, B2838, B2843, B2848, B3574
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2823-Base IPC Only
            • B2828-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2833-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2838-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B2843
            • B2848-Uplevel IPC Only
            • B3574
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462 (3.8L): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0462 (4.6L): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (3.8L): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (4.6L): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1617: Engine Oil Level Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1450: Lost Communications With Compass
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Boost Gage Inoperative
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Compass Inaccurate or CAL Displayed
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Always On
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Speedometer Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Turn Signal Indicator Inoperative - Left/Right
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
          • Test Description
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Compass Calibration
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Electronic Compass Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Window Cleaning
        • Head Up Display Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement (without HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement (with HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunload and Twilight Sentinel Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (without HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (with HUD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) End
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Tray Insert Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement - Floor Console Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Boost Gage
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Volt Gage
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Check Gages
          • Engine Oil Change Now
          • Engine Oil Change Soon
          • Km/h and MPH Indicators
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Switches-Systems Monitor
            • Notes
            • E/M
            • Tire Press Reset
            • Trip Reset
          • Driver Information Switches (DIC)
            • Notes
            • E/M
            • Mode
            • Reset
            • Select
            • Trip Reset
          • Vehicle Data
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Engine Oil Life
            • Battery Voltage (with Boost Gage)
            • Tire Pressure Monitor
          • Personalization Programming
          • Compass Calibration
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Indicator Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Speed Display
            • Radio Display
            • Control Switches
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key In Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Turn Signal On
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (With Sunroof)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Without Sunroof)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle and Rear Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Replacement
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Carrier Replacement - Rear Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Headliner Description
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Alignment Checking
          • Notes
          • Tram Gage Method
          • Three-Dimensional Method
        • Checking Frame Alignment
      • Repair Instructions
        • Underbody Inspection
        • Frame Replacement (W/L36/L67)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Replacement (W/LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Support Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Datum Description
        • Centerline Description
        • Vertical Body Zero Line
        • Frame Reference Point Description - Symmetrical
        • Frame Reference Point Description - Asymmetrical
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description And Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • DTC Table
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1562, B1567, B1572, or B1577: Mirror Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1582, B1583, B1592, B1593, B1612, B1613, B1622, or B1623: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152, or B3157: Door Lock Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292: Window Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522: Master Window Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527: Window Lockout Switch Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1161-U1163 or U1170: Lost Communications With XXX Door Module
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Molding Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly
          • Front Passenger Door Power Window Switch
          • Rear Door Power Window Switches
          • Window Motors
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking Feature
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (140)
          • Passenger Door Ajar (141)
          • Left Rear Door Ajar (142)
          • Right Rear Door Ajar (143)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror
          • RH Mirror
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/CJ2)
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/oCJ2)
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature without Compass with OnStar®
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Notes
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC Table
        • DTC B1420: MSM Detects Less Than 3 Volts From The Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, B1820, B1830, B1835, B1840, B1845, B1940, or B1945: Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B1860, B2355, B2365, or B2375: Input From Sensor As Lower Than 0.25 Volts Or Higher Than 4.75 Volts
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1826, B1851, B1861, B2356, B2366, or B2376: Motor Being Driven In Commanded Direction Changes By More Than 10 Counts Or 0.2 Volts
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2757, B2762, B2767, or B2772: Memory Recall Switch Circuit Is Active For More Than 30 Continuous Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3793: Measured Current Exceeds 81-amps For 100 Milliseconds
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (with A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (with A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (with A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (with A45)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (with A45)
        • Lumbar Support Does Not Move In or Out (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Support Does Not Move In or Out (with A45)
        • Lumbar Support Does Not Move Up or Down (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Support Does Not Move Up or Down (with A45)
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Temperature Adjustment Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Switch Low Indicator Malfunction
        • Heated Seat Switch High Indicator Malfunction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Split Bench
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front (w/o AM6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Front (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Front (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Recliner Motor Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Power Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Cup Holder Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Front Vertical
          • Rear Vertical
          • Entire Seat Up or Down
          • Recline
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (w/o A45)
          • Lumbar Support Components
          • Power Lumbar Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Vertical
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (with A45)
          • Lumbar Support Components
          • Lumbar Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Vertical
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power and Grounds
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Heated Seats
          • Load Management
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Personalization Option
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • MSM Power and Ground
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Recall Personalization
          • Memory Inhibit/Enable
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Sunroof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
        • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Open to Express Position
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Close
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Synchronization
        • Sunroof Track Timing/Synchronization
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Inspection and Cleaning
        • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Air Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Power Sunroof Operation
          • Express Open
          • To Open
          • To Vent Open
          • Closing to the Fully Closed Position
          • Sunroof Motor
          • Limit Switch
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • DTC Table
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1562, B1567, B1572, or B1577: Mirror Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1582, B1583, B1592, B1593, B1612, B1613, B1622, or B1623: Mirror Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152, or B3157: Door Lock Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292: Window Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522: Master Window Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527: Window Lockout Switch Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1161-U1163 or U1170: Lost Communications With XXX Door Module
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Molding Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly
          • Front Passenger Door Power Window Switch
          • Rear Door Power Window Switches
          • Window Motors
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Front Passenger Door Power Lock Switch
          • Driver Door Power Lock Switch
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Delayed Locking Feature
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar (140)
          • Passenger Door Ajar (141)
          • Left Rear Door Ajar (142)
          • Right Rear Door Ajar (143)
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Outside Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • LH Mirror
          • RH Mirror
          • Personalization Option and Memory Mirrors
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o CJ2)
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/CJ2)
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation (w/oCJ2)
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature without Compass with OnStar®
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Abs Schematic Icons
        • Abs Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Abs Component Views
        • Abs Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Table
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC C1211: Abs Indicator Lamp Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1214: Solenoid Valve Relay Coil Or Contact Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1217: Pump Motor Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1218: Pump Motor Circuit Short To Voltage Or Motor Ground Open
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1221 To C1235: WHEEL SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT FAULT
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C1221-C1228
            • C1232-C1235
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1221-C1224
            • C1225-C1228
            • C1232-C1235
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C1221-C1224
            • C1225 - C1228
            • C1232-C1235
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1236: Low System Supply Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1237: High Systems Supply Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1238: Brake Thermal Model Exceeded
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1242 Or C1243: Pump Motor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1242
            • C1243
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1248: DRP Disabled
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1254: Abnormal Shutdown Detected
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1255 Or C1256: Loss Of Class 2 Communication Or EBCM/EBTCM Internal Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C1255
            • C1256
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1261 To C1274: VALVE SOLENOID MALFUNCTION
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1276, P1644, Or P1689: Torque Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1276
            • P1644 or P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1277 Or P0856: Traction Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1278: TCS Temporarily Inhibited By Pcm
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C1281, C1283, Or C1286: Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Circuit Fault
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C1281
            • C1283
            • C1286
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1281
            • C1283
            • C1286
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1282: Yaw Rate Sensor Bias Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1284 Or C1285: Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1284
            • C1285
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1287 Or C1288: Steering Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1287
            • C1288
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1291 Or C1293: Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Fault
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1291
            • C1293
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1294: Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Always Active
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1295: Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Abs Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Abs Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Ready Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
        • Traction Ready Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Unwanted Activation
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Excessive Brake Pulsation
          • Circuit Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Abs Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Bleeding the ABS System
          • Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (W/NW9)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Yaw Rate Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Abs Description And Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
          • Brake System Indicator(s)
            • Notes
            • Brake System
            • BRAKE FLUID LOW - 37 (with DIC)
            • PARK BRAKE SET - 147 (with DIC)
          • ABS Indicators
          • Traction Control System Indicator(s)
            • TRAC Off
            • Low TRAC
          • Traction Ready Indicator
          • Stability System Indicators
            • STABILITY SYSTEM ACTIVE - 55 (with DIC)
            • SERVICE STABILITY SYSTEM - 54 (with DIC)
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Measurement
          • Tools Required
          • Measurement Procedure
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front (L36)
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front (LD8)
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front (LD8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Burnishing Pads and Rotors
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front (LD8)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Rear
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front (LD8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front (LD8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Indexing
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Correction Plates
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - On-Vehicle Lathe
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Brake Warning System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brakes Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front (LD8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear (L36)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
          • Tools Required
          • Bleeding Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake System Indicator(s)
            • Notes
            • Brake System
            • BRAKE FLUID LOW - 37 (with DIC)
            • PARK BRAKE SET - 147 (with DIC)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Intermediate
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Left Rear
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Right Rear
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Antilock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
      • Abs Schematic Icons
      • Abs Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Abs Component Views
      • Abs Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Table
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Test Drive
      • Enhanced Diagnostics
        • History Data
        • Diagnostic Strategy
      • DTC C1211: Abs Indicator Lamp Circuit Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1214: Solenoid Valve Relay Coil Or Contact Circuit Open
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1217: Pump Motor Shorted To Ground
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1218: Pump Motor Circuit Short To Voltage Or Motor Ground Open
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1221 To C1235: WHEEL SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT FAULT
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C1221-C1228
          • C1232-C1235
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1221-C1224
          • C1225-C1228
          • C1232-C1235
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C1221-C1224
          • C1225 - C1228
          • C1232-C1235
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1236: Low System Supply Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1237: High Systems Supply Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1238: Brake Thermal Model Exceeded
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1242 Or C1243: Pump Motor Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1242
          • C1243
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1248: DRP Disabled
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1254: Abnormal Shutdown Detected
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1255 Or C1256: Loss Of Class 2 Communication Or EBCM/EBTCM Internal Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • C1255
          • C1256
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1261 To C1274: VALVE SOLENOID MALFUNCTION
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1276, P1644, Or P1689: Torque Signal Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1276
          • P1644 or P1689
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1277 Or P0856: Traction Control Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1278: TCS Temporarily Inhibited By Pcm
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C1281, C1283, Or C1286: Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Circuit Fault
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C1281
          • C1283
          • C1286
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1281
          • C1283
          • C1286
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1282: Yaw Rate Sensor Bias Circuit Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1284 Or C1285: Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1284
          • C1285
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1287 Or C1288: Steering Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1287
          • C1288
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1291 Or C1293: Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Fault
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1291
          • C1293
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1294: Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Always Active
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1295: Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Open
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Abs Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Abs Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Low Traction Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Ready Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
      • Traction Ready Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Unwanted Activation
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Excessive Brake Pulsation
        • Circuit Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • Abs Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Bleeding the ABS System
        • Automated Bleed Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement (W/NW9)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Yaw Rate Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description And Operation
      • Abs Description And Operation
        • Notes
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Antilock Brake System
        • Pressure Hold
        • Pressure Decrease
        • Pressure Increase
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
        • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
        • Brake System Indicator(s)
          • Notes
          • Brake System
          • BRAKE FLUID LOW - 37 (with DIC)
          • PARK BRAKE SET - 147 (with DIC)
        • ABS Indicators
        • Traction Control System Indicator(s)
          • TRAC Off
          • Low TRAC
        • Traction Ready Indicator
        • Stability System Indicators
          • STABILITY SYSTEM ACTIVE - 55 (with DIC)
          • SERVICE STABILITY SYSTEM - 54 (with DIC)
    • Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seal and Clamp
          • Inner Joint
          • Outer Joint
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Cooling Fan - Left Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan - Right Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp (ABS/TCC) Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector, Engine Side Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector, Transmission Side Connector End View
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Compass Module Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View - 3.8L
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View - 3.8L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch (w/UV6) Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) (w/UV6) Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) C1 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Check Valve Assembly Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C1 Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C2 Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C3 Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Front Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Rear Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch C1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Lateral Acceleration Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR Connector End View
        • Yaw Rate Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Sensor Connector End View
        • Accessory Inflator Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid-w/Column Shift Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid-w/Console Shift Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver (w/U2K) Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View
        • Radio (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Remote Playback Device - CD Changer (w/U1S) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Door (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Subwoofer (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Door (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Subwoofer (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Ashtray Lamp (Column Shift Only w/o Center Console) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Left - 3.8L Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Left - 4.6L Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Right - 3.8L Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Right - 4.6L Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp Connector End View
        • Interior Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp and Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Reading/Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Reading/Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch/AT Shift Lock Control Switch C1 Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch/AT Shift Lock Control Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Right Connector End View
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (1-2 SS) Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (2-3 SS) Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor (AT ISS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Inline Connector, Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness Assembly Side Connector End View
        • Inline Connector, Automatic Transmission Wiring Extension Harness Assembly Side Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • TCC Brake Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly- Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C3 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C1 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C2 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - LR C1 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - LR C2 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - RR C1 Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator - RR C2 Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - LR Connector End View
        • Window Motor - RR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Switch - LR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - RR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module - Driver C1 (w/AG1,A80,KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module - Driver C2 (w/AG1,KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C1 (w/AG2,A81,KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C2 (w/AG2,KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Memory/Personalization Function Switch (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C1 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C2 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C3 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1) w/o A80 and A45 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1 and A80) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1, A80 and A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/AG2) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/AG2, A81) Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor - Driver (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor - Driver (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor - Front Passenger (A81) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor - Driver (A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Switch - Driver (w/A45 and AL9) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Switch-Driver (w/o A45)-(W/AL9) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Switch - Front Passenger (w/A81) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Position Sensor - Driver (A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor - Driver (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor - Driver (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) C1 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) C2 Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Module C1 Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Module C2 Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Motor C1 Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Motor C2 Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch - 3.8L Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch - 4.6L Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Low Temperature Sensor - 4.6L Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor - 3.8L Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor - 4.6L Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator - Left Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator - Right Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Ambient Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Inside Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Left Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Right Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Left Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Right Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger C2 Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C4 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C5 (UK3) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - LF (AJ7) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - RF (AJ7) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Left (AJ7) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Right (AJ7) Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Overhead Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure (Testing For Voltage)
          • Procedure (Testing For Ground)
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Tools Required
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Component Locator
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label Usage - 3.8L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label Usage - 4.6L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View - 3.8L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View - 4.6L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Label
          • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Ground, Inline And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
          • Notes
          • C803
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • SP103
          • SP105
          • SP106
          • SP200
          • SP201
          • SP300
          • SP301
          • SP302
          • SP303
          • SP304
          • SP306
          • SP310
          • SP401
          • SP402
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (L36)
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (LD8)
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC Table
        • DTC B1327: Device Power 1 Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1513: Charging System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1514: Charging System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0512: Start Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0560: System Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562: System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563: System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615: Starter Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0620: Generator Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1633: Ignition 0 Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1634: Ignition 1 Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator(s)
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Load Management
          • Idle Boost Functions
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Component Locator
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label Usage - 3.8L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label Usage - 4.6L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View - 3.8L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View - 4.6L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Label
          • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Fusible Links
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
      • Rear Fuse Block
  • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Head Up Display Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • DTC Table
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTCs B2823, B2828, B2833, B2838, B2843, B2848, B3574
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • B2823-Base IPC Only
          • B2828-Uplevel IPC Only
          • B2833-Uplevel IPC Only
          • B2838-Uplevel IPC Only
          • B2843
          • B2848-Uplevel IPC Only
          • B3574
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0462 (3.8L): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0462 (4.6L): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463 (3.8L): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463 (4.6L): Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0520: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1617: Engine Oil Level Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC U1450: Lost Communications With Compass
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Boost Gage Inoperative
      • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
      • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
      • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Compass Inaccurate or CAL Displayed
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Always On
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Speedometer Inoperative
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Turn Signal Indicator Inoperative - Left/Right
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
        • Test Description
      • Chime Always On
      • Chime Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Electronic Compass Calibration
        • Compass Calibration
        • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Electronic Compass Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Up Display Window Cleaning
      • Head Up Display Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Up Display Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Storage Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Defroster Grille Replacement (without HUD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Defroster Grille Replacement (with HUD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunload and Twilight Sentinel Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (without HUD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (with HUD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - Knee Bolster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) End
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Tray Insert Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Storage Bin Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ashtray Replacement - Floor Console Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Shift Boot Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement - Front Floor
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cupholder Replacement - Front Floor Console
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description And Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Boost Gage
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Odometer
        • PRNDL Display
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
        • Volt Gage
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Check Gages
        • Engine Oil Change Now
        • Engine Oil Change Soon
        • Km/h and MPH Indicators
        • Low Fuel
        • Low Oil Level
        • Low Oil Pressure
        • Service Vehicle Soon
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Driver Information Switches-Systems Monitor
          • Notes
          • E/M
          • Tire Press Reset
          • Trip Reset
        • Driver Information Switches (DIC)
          • Notes
          • E/M
          • Mode
          • Reset
          • Select
          • Trip Reset
        • Vehicle Data
          • Notes
          • Average Fuel Economy
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
          • Fuel Range
          • Fuel Used
          • Engine Oil Life
          • Battery Voltage (with Boost Gage)
          • Tire Pressure Monitor
        • Personalization Programming
        • Compass Calibration
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Indicator Displays
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Speed Display
          • Radio Display
          • Control Switches
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Door Ajar Warning
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key In Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Park Brake Warning
        • Turn Signal On
        • Additional Warnings
    • Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Cooling Fan - Left Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan - Right Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp (ABS/TCC) Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector, Engine Side Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector, Transmission Side Connector End View
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Compass Module Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View - 3.8L
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View - 3.8L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch (w/UV6) Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) (w/UV6) Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) C1 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Check Valve Assembly Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C1 Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C2 Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C3 Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Front Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Rear Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch C1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Lateral Acceleration Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR Connector End View
        • Yaw Rate Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Sensor Connector End View
        • Accessory Inflator Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid-w/Column Shift Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid-w/Console Shift Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver (w/U2K) Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View
        • Radio (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Remote Playback Device - CD Changer (w/U1S) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Door (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Subwoofer (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Door (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Subwoofer (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Ashtray Lamp (Column Shift Only w/o Center Console) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Left - 3.8L Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Left - 4.6L Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Right - 3.8L Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Right - 4.6L Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp Connector End View
        • Interior Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp and Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Reading/Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Reading/Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch/AT Shift Lock Control Switch C1 Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch/AT Shift Lock Control Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Right Connector End View
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (1-2 SS) Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (2-3 SS) Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor (AT ISS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Inline Connector, Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness Assembly Side Connector End View
        • Inline Connector, Automatic Transmission Wiring Extension Harness Assembly Side Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • TCC Brake Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly- Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C3 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C1 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C2 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - LR C1 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - LR C2 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - RR C1 Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator - RR C2 Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - LR Connector End View
        • Window Motor - RR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Switch - LR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - RR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module - Driver C1 (w/AG1,A80,KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module - Driver C2 (w/AG1,KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C1 (w/AG2,A81,KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C2 (w/AG2,KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Memory/Personalization Function Switch (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C1 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C2 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C3 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1) w/o A80 and A45 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1 and A80) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1, A80 and A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/AG2) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/AG2, A81) Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor - Driver (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor - Driver (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor - Front Passenger (A81) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor - Driver (A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Switch - Driver (w/A45 and AL9) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Switch-Driver (w/o A45)-(W/AL9) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Switch - Front Passenger (w/A81) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Position Sensor - Driver (A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor - Driver (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor - Driver (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) C1 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) C2 Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Module C1 Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Module C2 Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Motor C1 Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Motor C2 Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch - 3.8L Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch - 4.6L Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Low Temperature Sensor - 4.6L Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor - 3.8L Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor - 4.6L Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator - Left Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator - Right Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Ambient Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Inside Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Left Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Right Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Left Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Right Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger C2 Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C4 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C5 (UK3) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - LF (AJ7) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - RF (AJ7) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Left (AJ7) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Right (AJ7) Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Overhead Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure (Testing For Voltage)
          • Procedure (Testing For Ground)
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Tools Required
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Component Locator
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label Usage - 3.8L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label Usage - 4.6L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View - 3.8L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View - 4.6L
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Label
          • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
          • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Ground, Inline And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
          • Notes
          • C803
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • SP103
          • SP105
          • SP106
          • SP200
          • SP201
          • SP300
          • SP301
          • SP302
          • SP303
          • SP304
          • SP306
          • SP310
          • SP401
          • SP402
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (L36)
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (LD8)
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC Table
        • DTC B1327: Device Power 1 Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1513: Charging System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1514: Charging System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0512: Start Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0560: System Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562: System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563: System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615: Starter Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0620: Generator Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1633: Ignition 0 Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1634: Ignition 1 Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator(s)
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Load Management
          • Idle Boost Functions
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 (L36) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Cooling Fan - Left Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan - Right Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp (ABS/TCC) Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector, Engine Side Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector, Transmission Side Connector End View
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Compass Module Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View - 3.8L
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View - 3.8L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View - 4.6L
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch (w/UV6) Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) (w/UV6) Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) C1 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Check Valve Assembly Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C1 Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C2 Connector End View
        • PCM Connector C3 Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Front Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Rear Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch C1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Lateral Acceleration Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR Connector End View
        • Yaw Rate Sensor (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Sensor Connector End View
        • Accessory Inflator Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid-w/Column Shift Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid-w/Console Shift Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver (w/U2K) Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View
        • Radio (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Remote Playback Device - CD Changer (w/U1S) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Door (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Subwoofer (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Door (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Subwoofer (w/UZ8) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Ashtray Lamp (Column Shift Only w/o Center Console) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Left - 3.8L Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Left - 4.6L Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Right - 3.8L Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Right - 4.6L Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Footwell Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp Connector End View
        • Interior Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp and Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • PRNDL Lamp Connector End View
        • Reading/Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Reading/Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch/AT Shift Lock Control Switch C1 Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch/AT Shift Lock Control Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Right Connector End View
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (1-2 SS) Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (2-3 SS) Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor (AT ISS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Inline Connector, Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness Assembly Side Connector End View
        • Inline Connector, Automatic Transmission Wiring Extension Harness Assembly Side Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • TCC Brake Switch Connector, Wiring Harness Side Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly- Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C3 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C1 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - Front Passenger C2 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - LR C1 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - LR C2 Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly - RR C1 Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator - RR C2 Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - LR Connector End View
        • Window Motor - RR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Switch - LR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - RR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module - Driver C1 (w/AG1,A80,KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module - Driver C2 (w/AG1,KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C1 (w/AG2,A81,KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Module - Front Passenger C2 (w/AG2,KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Memory/Personalization Function Switch (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C1 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C2 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module C3 (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1) w/o A80 and A45 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1 and A80) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/AG1, A80 and A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/AG2) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/AG2, A81) Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor - Driver (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor - Driver (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Motor - Front Passenger (A81) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor - Driver (A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Switch - Driver (w/A45 and AL9) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Switch-Driver (w/o A45)-(W/AL9) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Switch - Front Passenger (w/A81) Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Lumbar Vertical Position Sensor - Driver (A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor - Driver (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor - Driver (w/A45) Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) C1 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Integration Module (IPM) C2 Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Module C1 Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Module C2 Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Motor C1 Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Motor C2 Connector End View
        • Power Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch - 3.8L Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch - 4.6L Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Low Temperature Sensor - 4.6L Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor - 3.8L Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor - 4.6L Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator - Left Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator - Right Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Ambient Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Inside Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Left Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Right Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Left Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Right Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger C1 Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger C2 Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C4 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C5 (UK3) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - LF (AJ7) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - RF (AJ7) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Left (AJ7) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Right (AJ7) Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • Notes
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN Y
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN Y
      • Exterior Lights
        • Notes
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN Y
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN Y
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.8L VIN K
        • 4.6L VIN Y
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure (Testing For Voltage)
          • Procedure (Testing For Ground)
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Tools Required
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Electrical Power Management - Ground, Inline And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
          • Notes
          • C803
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • SP103
          • SP105
          • SP106
          • SP200
          • SP201
          • SP300
          • SP301
          • SP302
          • SP303
          • SP304
          • SP306
          • SP310
          • SP401
          • SP402
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (L36)
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (LD8)
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC Table
        • DTC P0480 or P0481: Cooling Fan Relay 1 Or 2 Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1258: Engine Coolant Overtemperature-Protection Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Tools Required
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Coolant Leak Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Surge Tank Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Outlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Remove Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Motor Replacement - Electric (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Motor Replacement - Electric (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Crossover Pipe Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control
          • Engine Coolant Indicators
            • Low Engine Coolant - 15
            • Engine Hot/Idle Engine - 32
            • Engine Hot/Stop Engine - 111
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
            • Notes
            • Cooling Cycle
            • Coolant
            • Radiator
            • Pressure Cap
            • Coolant Recovery System
            • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications (L36)
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications (LD8)
    • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Tools Required
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (L36)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (LD8)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (L36)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (LD8)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Crossover Pipe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Replacement (L36)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Replacement (LD8)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (L36)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Insulator, Hanger, Bracket Replacement (L36)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Insulator, Hanger, Bracket Replacement (LD8)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement (L36)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement (LD8)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Oxygen Sensor Wiring Harness Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description And Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid And Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
        • Gm Oil Life System - Resetting
  • Engine Mechanical - 3.8L (L36)
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
        • Tools Required
        • Test Procedure
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
        • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Leakage Test Procedure
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
        • Tools Required
        • Low or No Oil Pressure
        • Oil Pressure Testing
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Injector Sight Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement (Lower)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Support Fixture
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Cover and Gear Set Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter and Bypass Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Final Test and Inspection
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Water Outlet and Thermostat Removal
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Intake Manifold Removal - Upper
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) and EGR Pipe Removal
        • Intake Manifold Removal - Lower
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Left
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Right
        • Valve Lifter Removal
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Removal
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Removal
        • Engine Front Cover Removal
        • Oil Filter Adapter Removal
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Removal
        • Balance Shaft Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Camshaft Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Engine Block Plug Removal
        • Camshaft Bearing Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Balance Shaft Bearing and/or Bushing Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Cylinder Boring and Honing
          • Boring Procedure
          • Honing Procedure
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Bearing Selection
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
        • Camshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rods Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Lifters and Guides Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Valve Guide Reaming/Valve and Seat Grinding
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Upper
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Lower
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Balance Shaft Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Balance Shaft Bearing and/or Bushing Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Camshaft Bearing Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Block Plug Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Balance Shaft Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation (L67)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Right
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Installation - Lower
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) and EGR Pipe Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Installation - Upper
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Outlet and Thermostat Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Prelubing
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
        • Engine Construction
      • New Product Information
        • Notes
        • Component Comparison
        • Fastener Changes
        • Torque Values and/or Fastener Tightening Strategies
        • Changed Engine Specifications
        • New Sealants and/or Adhesives
        • Disassembly and Assembly Procedure Revisions
        • Engine Mechanical Diagnostic Procedure Revisions
        • New Special Tools Required
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Notes
        • Applying RTV Sealer
        • Applying Anaerobic Sealer
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (L36)
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (LD8)
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC Table
        • DTC B1327: Device Power 1 Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1513: Charging System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1514: Charging System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0512: Start Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0560: System Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562: System Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563: System Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615: Starter Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0620: Generator Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621: Generator L-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622: Generator F-Terminal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1633: Ignition 0 Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1634: Ignition 1 Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator(s)
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Load Management
          • Idle Boost Functions
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Cars
      • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Cars
        • Test 1
          • Ported EGR Valve
        • Test 2
          • Negative Backpressure EGR Valve
        • Test 3
          • Positive Backpressure EGR Valve
        • Test 4
          • 1983-84 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 5
          • 1985 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 6
          • 1986 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 7
          • 1987 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 8
          • 1988 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 9
          • Notes
          • 1988-1992 3.1L, 3.4L & 3.8L (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 10
          • 1990-91 - 2.3L "W" Body VIN D (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 11
          • 1988 2.8L "W" Body (Integrated Electronic EGR Valve)
        • Test 12
          • Integrated Electronic EGR Valve
        • Test 13
          • 4.5L
          • 4.6L
        • Test 14
          • 3.1L, 3.4L & 3.8L (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 15
          • Linear EGR Valve
        • Test 16
          • Metro
        • Test 17
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - PONTIAC
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can) Except 2.0L (LNF) & 3.6L
    • 2007 Solstice 2.0L (LNF)
    • 2008 G8 (3.6L)
    • 2008 Solstice 2.0L (LNF)
    • 2008 Torrent (3.6L)
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls - 3.8L - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Vs Resistance
        • Altitude Vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram (With L36)
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Control Pedal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Air Inlet Screen Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
          • Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassemble Procedure
          • Assemble Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Strainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
          • Tools Required
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Inlet Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Outlet Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Cleaning
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Intake Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Powertrain
          • Powertrain Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Trip
          • Warm-Up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
          • DTC Status
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Feed and Return Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Short Term Fuel Trim
          • Long Term Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensors
          • Crankshaft Balance Interrupter Ring
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM) and Ignition Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Description
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
          • Linear EGR Valve
          • Linear EGR Control
          • EGR Diagnostics
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - 3.8L - Diagnostic Starting Point
      • Diagnostic Engine Controls & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Controls - 3.8L - DTC P0016 To P0140
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC Table
        • DTC P0016: Crankshaft Position (CKP) - Camshaft Position (CMP) Correlation
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0030: HO2S Heater Control Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0036: HO2S Heater Control Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0101: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0102: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Low Frequency
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0103: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit High Frequency
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
            • VIN K
            • VIN 1
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
            • VIN K
            • VIN 1
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0112: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0116: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0121: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Replacement
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0122: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0123: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0128: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0131: HO2S Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0132: HO2S Circuit High Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0133: HO2S Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0134: HO2S Insufficient Activity Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0135: HO2S Heater Performance Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • DTC P0137: HO2S Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0138: HO2S Circuit High Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0140: Circuit Insufficient Activity Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Fast Pass Test
            • Regular Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
    • Engine Controls - 3.8L - DTC P0141 To P0446
      • DTC Tests
        • DTC Table
        • DTC P0141: HO2S Heater Performance Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0171: Fuel Trim System Lean Bank 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0172: Fuel Trim System Rich Bank 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0201-P0206: Injector Control Circuit(s)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0230: Fuel Pump Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0300-P0306: Engine Misfire Detected
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0315: Crankshaft Position (CKP) System Variation Not Learned
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor (KS) Module Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0327 or P0332: Knock Sensor (KS) Circuit Bank
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0335: Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0340: Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0341: Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0350: Ignition Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0385: Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0386: Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0401: Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Flow Insufficient
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0403: Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0404: Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Open Position Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0405: Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Position Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0406: Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Position Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0420: Catalyst System Low Efficiency Bank 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Small Leak Detected
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0443: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Purge Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent System Performance
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls - 3.8L - DTC P0449 To P1650
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC Table
        • DTC P0449: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0452: Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0453: Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0455: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Large Leak
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Flow During Non-Purge
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0506: Idle Speed Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0507: Idle Speed High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610: Control Module Malfunction(s)
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • P0601
            • P0602
            • P2610
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0601
            • P0602
            • P2610
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0641: 5-Volt Reference 1 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0650: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651: 5-Volt Reference 2 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1106: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
            • VIN K
            • VIN 1
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1107: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
            • VIN K
            • VIN 1
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1111: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1112: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1114: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1115: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1121: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1122: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1133: HO2S Insufficient Switching Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1134: HO2S Transition Time Ratio Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1350: Ignition Bypass Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1404: Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Closed Position Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1640: Control Module Output A Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1650: Control Module Output B Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls - 3.8L - DTC P1660 To P2A01
      • DTC Tests
        • DTC Table
        • DTC P1660: Control Module Output D Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1670: Control Module Output C Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2A00: HO2S Circuit Closed Loop (CL) Performance Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2A01: HO2S Performance Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • Passive Test
            • Intrusive Test
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
    • Engine Controls - 3.8L - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Check
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/CHUGGLES
        • Lack Of Power, Sluggishness, Or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, Or Incorrect Idle And Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Mil) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Mil) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks But Does Not Run
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-In-Fuel Diagnosis (Without Special Tool)
          • Notes
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-In-Fuel Diagnosis (With Special Tool)
          • Test Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensor Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
            • VIN K
            • VIN 1
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION (EGR) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (Ho2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Ho2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Service Bay Test
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Test
          • Test Procedure
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - 3.8L - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Vs Resistance
        • Altitude Vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram (With L36)
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Control Pedal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Air Inlet Screen Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
          • Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassemble Procedure
          • Assemble Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Strainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
          • Tools Required
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Inlet Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Outlet Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Cleaning
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Intake Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Powertrain
          • Powertrain Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Trip
          • Warm-Up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
          • DTC Status
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Feed and Return Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Short Term Fuel Trim
          • Long Term Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensors
          • Crankshaft Balance Interrupter Ring
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM) and Ignition Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Description
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
          • Linear EGR Valve
          • Linear EGR Control
          • EGR Diagnostics
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - 3.8L - Diagnostic Starting Point
      • Diagnostic Engine Controls & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Controls - 3.8L - DTC P0016 To P0140
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC Table
        • DTC P0016: Crankshaft Position (CKP) - Camshaft Position (CMP) Correlation
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0030: HO2S Heater Control Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0036: HO2S Heater Control Circuit Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0101: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0102: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Low Frequency
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0103: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit High Frequency
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
            • VIN K
            • VIN 1
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
            • VIN K
            • VIN 1
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0112: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0116: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0121: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Replacement
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0122: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0123: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0128: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0131: HO2S Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0132: HO2S Circuit High Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0133: HO2S Slow Response Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0134: HO2S Insufficient Activity Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0135: HO2S Heater Performance Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • DTC P0137: HO2S Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0138: HO2S Circuit High Voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0140: Circuit Insufficient Activity Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Fast Pass Test
            • Regular Test
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
    • Engine Controls - 3.8L - DTC P0141 To P0446
      • DTC Tests
        • DTC Table
        • DTC P0141: HO2S Heater Performance Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0171: Fuel Trim System Lean Bank 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0172: Fuel Trim System Rich Bank 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0201-P0206: Injector Control Circuit(s)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0230: Fuel Pump Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0300-P0306: Engine Misfire Detected
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0315: Crankshaft Position (CKP) System Variation Not Learned
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor (KS) Module Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0327 or P0332: Knock Sensor (KS) Circuit Bank
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0335: Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0340: Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0341: Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0350: Ignition Coil Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0385: Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0386: Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0401: Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Flow Insufficient
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0403: Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0404: Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Open Position Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0405: Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Position Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0406: Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Position Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0420: Catalyst System Low Efficiency Bank 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Small Leak Detected
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0443: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Purge Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent System Performance
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls - 3.8L - DTC P0449 To P1650
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC Table
        • DTC P0449: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0452: Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0453: Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0455: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Large Leak
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Flow During Non-Purge
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0506: Idle Speed Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0507: Idle Speed High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions For Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610: Control Module Malfunction(s)
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • P0601
            • P0602
            • P2610
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0601
            • P0602
            • P2610
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0641: 5-Volt Reference 1 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0650: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651: 5-Volt Reference 2 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1106: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
            • VIN K
            • VIN 1
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1107: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
            • VIN K
            • VIN 1
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1111: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1112: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1114: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1115: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1121: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1122: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1133: HO2S Insufficient Switching Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1134: HO2S Transition Time Ratio Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1350: Ignition Bypass Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1404: Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Closed Position Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1640: Control Module Output A Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1650: Control Module Output B Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls - 3.8L - DTC P1660 To P2A01
      • DTC Tests
        • DTC Table
        • DTC P1660: Control Module Output D Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1670: Control Module Output C Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2A00: HO2S Circuit Closed Loop (CL) Performance Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2A01: HO2S Performance Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • Passive Test
            • Intrusive Test
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
    • Engine Controls - 3.8L - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Check
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/CHUGGLES
        • Lack Of Power, Sluggishness, Or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, Or Incorrect Idle And Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Mil) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Mil) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks But Does Not Run
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-In-Fuel Diagnosis (Without Special Tool)
          • Notes
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-In-Fuel Diagnosis (With Special Tool)
          • Test Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensor Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
            • VIN K
            • VIN 1
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION (EGR) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (Ho2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Ho2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Service Bay Test
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Test
          • Test Procedure
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Drive Cycles
    • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 3.8L
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 4.6L
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running
        • Test Description
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC List
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 4T65-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T80-E Transmission/Transaxle ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.8L L36 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
          • 4.6L LD8 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Door Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Rear Compartment Lid Lock
          • Assembling and Coding IP Storage Compartment Lock Cylinder
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember
            • Under the Rear Suspension Crossmember
            • Under the Front and Rear Control Arms
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • Cautions And Notices
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Actions to Take When Working with Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Breathing R-134a Caution
        • Camshaft Holding Tool Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Compressed Valve Spring Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Caution
        • Exhaust Service Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound Deadeners Caution
        • Fuel and EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors in Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles and Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Avoid Chipping or Scratching the Coating Notice
        • Ball Stud Removal Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Connector Test Adapter Kit J 35616-A Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Excessive Force and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex Decoupler Notice
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Resistance Learn Reset Notice
        • Ignition OFF When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBD II Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • PCM and ESD Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing and Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
        • Steering Wheel Straight and Column Locked Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Torque Reaction Against Timing Drive Chain Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
        • Window Edge Damage Notice
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 4T65-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T80-E Transmission/Transaxle ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.8L L36 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
          • 4.6L LD8 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Door Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Rear Compartment Lid Lock
          • Assembling and Coding IP Storage Compartment Lock Cylinder
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember
            • Under the Rear Suspension Crossmember
            • Under the Front and Rear Control Arms
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • General Information
          • HVAC
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Brakes
          • Engine
          • Transmission/Transaxle
          • Body
          • Restraints
          • Vehicle Control Systems
          • Accessories
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire And Wheel RUNOUT Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
            • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description And Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Tools Required
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
      • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid And Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
        • Gm Oil Life System - Resetting
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Messages
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor System RECALIBRATION
          • Notes
          • Using Systems Monitor
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
          • Recalibration Driving Speed Ranges
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
      • Torque Specifications
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 4T65-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T80-E Transmission/Transaxle ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.8L L36 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
          • 4.6L LD8 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Assembling and Coding Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Door Lock Cylinder
          • Assembling and Coding Rear Compartment Lid Lock
          • Assembling and Coding IP Storage Compartment Lock Cylinder
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Jacking
            • Notes
            • Under the Front Suspension Crossmember
            • Under the Rear Suspension Crossmember
            • Under the Front and Rear Control Arms
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Option
        • Notes
        • 2000 BONNEVILLE & LESABRE
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Removal & Installation
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities (LD8)
        • Refrigerant System Capacities L36
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Tools Required
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (L36)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (LD8)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Tools Required
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Flushing Procedure
        • Flushing (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Flushing Procedure
        • Compressor Oil Balancing (L36)
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Oil Balancing (LD8)
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Plate and Hub Assembly Removal (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Clutch Rotor and/or Bearing Removal (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Coil Removal (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Compressor Control Valve Assembly Removal (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Removal (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Compressor Control Valve Assembly Install (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Plate/Hub Assembly Install (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Clutch Rotor and/or Bearing Install (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Coil Install (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Install (L36)
        • Compressor Leak Testing (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Plate/Hub Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clutch Rotor and/or Bearing Replacement (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Mounting Bracket Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Discharge Hose Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Hose Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Hose Assembly Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Hose Assembly Replacement (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Expansion (Orifice) Tube Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Service Ports Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Low Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator Replacement (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hoses Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Replacement - Inlet (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Replacement - Outlet (LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Adapter Replacement - Inlet (LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Adapter Replacement - Inlet (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Adapter Replacement - Outlet (L36)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outlet Replacement - Auxiliary Air - Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Duct Replacement - Windshield
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distribution Duct Replacement (RPO D55 Rear Air)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement (w/o D55)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement (w/D55)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distribution Ducts Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC System - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Table
        • DTC B0126, B0131, B0159, B0164, B0174, or B0179: Senor Circuit Range/Performance Malfunctions
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0184 or B0189: Solar Load Sensor 1 Or 2; Left Or Right Circuit Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0234, B0249, B0269, or B0279: Air Flow Control Circuit Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0237, B0252, B0272, or B0282: Air Flow Control Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1000: Electronic Control Unit (ECU) Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0532 or P0533: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit Low/High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645: Air Conditioning (A/C) Clutch Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1536: Engine Coolant Overtemperature - Air Conditioning (A/C) Disabled
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1540: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Overpressure-Air Conditioning (A/C) Disabled
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1545: Air Conditioning (A/C) Clutch Feedback Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
        • Air Delivery Improper
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
        • Temperature Variation Between Driver and Passenger Outlets
        • Control Head Illumination/Display Does Not Operate Properly
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Does Not Maintain Set Temperature
        • Afterblow Enable Procedure
          • Notes
          • Afterblow Mode Enabling Procedure
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
          • Calibration Procedure with a Scan Tool
          • Calibration Procedure without a Scan Tool
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Aspirator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Instrument Panel Integration Module
            • Mode/Recirculation Actuator
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Air Speed
            • Notes
            • Afterblow
            • Purge Operation
          • Air Distribution
          • Recirculation Operation
          • Automatic Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Instrument Panel Integration Module
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Air Temperature Sensors
            • Sunload Sensor
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Dual Zone Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0233, B0238, or B0268: Air Flow Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0532 or P0533: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit Low/High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645: Air Conditioning (A/C) Clutch Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1536: Engine Coolant Overtemperature - Air Conditioning (A/C) Disabled
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1540: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Overpressure-Air Conditioning (A/C) Disabled
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1545: Air Conditioning (A/C) Clutch Feedback Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVASC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
        • Air Delivery Improper
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
          • Calibration Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Mode Actuator
            • Recirculation Actuator
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Air Speed
          • Air Distribution
          • Recirculation Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid And Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
        • Gm Oil Life System - Resetting
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Zone Identification Views
        • SIR Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Sir
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Table
        • DTC B0012, B0013, B0014, B0016, B0017, Or B0018: Passenger Frontal Deployment Loop Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026, B0042, B0043, Or B0044: Driver Frontal Deployment Loop Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0028, B0029, Or B0030: Right Front Side Deployment Loop Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0040, B0041, Or B0045: Left Front Side Deployment Loop Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0051: Deployment Commanded
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0053: Deployment Commanded With Loop DTCS Present
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0077, B0078, B0079, B0080, B0081, Or B0082: Sis Message Irregularities
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0100, B0101, Or B0102: Sensor 1 Fault
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Sir
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Sir Disabling And Enabling Zones
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 1
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 2
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 3
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 5
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 6
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 7
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 8
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 9
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement (A51/AG1/AG2/AQ9)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement (AM6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement (Coil)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Accident With Frontal Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Accident With Side Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Tools Required
          • Live (Undeployed) Inflator Module
          • Dual Stage Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle (Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module, and Side Impact Module)
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle (Vehicle Scrapping Procedure)
      • Description And Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Inflator Modules
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor
          • Side SIR System Description (Front)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness
          • Steering Column and Wheel
          • Knee Bolster
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Child Seat Belt Restraint System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator (ISO Symbol) (Red)
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Child Seat Belt Restraint System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator (ISO Symbol) (Red)
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering System - Variable Effort Steering
    • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
      • Steering Controls Schematic Icons
      • Steering Controls Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Controls Component Views
      • Steering Controls Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Variable Effort Steering
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC C1241: Variable Effort Steering Actuator Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Condition for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Description And Operation
      • Variable Effort Steering System Description and Operation
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Rack And Pinion)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Tools Required
          • General Bleeding Procedure
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (W/L36/L67)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (W/LD8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (W/L36/L67)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (W/LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Drive Shaft Seal Replacement (CB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (W/L36/L67)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (W/LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (w/L36/L67)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (W/LD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Heat Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Rack and Pinion)
        • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Rack And Pinion)
      • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
    • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Bleeding the Power Steering System
        • Tools Required
        • General Bleeding Procedure
        • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Flushing the Power Steering System
      • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (W/L36/L67)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (W/LD8)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (W/L36/L67)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (W/LD8)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Drive Shaft Seal Replacement (CB)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (W/L36/L67)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (W/LD8)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (w/L36/L67)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (W/LD8)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Rack and Pinion)
      • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
    • Description And Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
    • Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
    • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • High Shift Effort
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shift Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement (Column Shift)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement (Floor Shift)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
    • Description And Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
    • Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension
    • Suspension Control System - Suspension Leveling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Level Control Suspension Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Level Control Suspension Component Views
        • Automatic Level Control Suspension Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Level Control
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC Table
        • DTC C0625: Left Rear Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0628: Left Rear Position Sensor Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0660: Level Control Exhaust Valve Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0663: Level Control Exhaust Valve Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0697: Level Control Accessory Inflator Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Level Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Level Control Inflator Fill Valve Inoperative
        • Air Compressor Leak Test
        • Automatic Level Control System Leak Test
        • Rear of Vehicle High
        • Rear of Vehicle Low
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Level Control Inflator Air Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Air Dryer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Head Replacement
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Air Tube Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Compressor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Level Control Description and Operation
          • Automatic Level Control (ALC)
          • Raising the Vehicle
          • Air Compressor Head Relief Sequence
          • Lowering the Vehicle
          • Air Replenishment Cycle
          • Accessory Inflator
          • Air Compressor Description
          • Air Dryer Description
          • Exhaust Solenoid Description
          • Air Inflator System
          • Automatic Level Control Sensor Description
          • Air Shock Absorber or Strut Description
          • Air Lines and Connectors Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Shock/Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component And/Or Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Front Suspension Description And Operation
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coil Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coil Spring Insulators Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Forward Body Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustment Link Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Shock/Strut Disposal
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Rear Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment System
    • Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Trim Height Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
        • Trim Height Measurements
        • Z Height Measurement
        • D Height Measurement
    • Repair Instructions
      • Measuring Wheel Alignment
      • Front Caster Adjustment
      • Front Camber Adjustment
        • Tools Required
        • Adjustment Procedure
      • Front Toe Adjustment
      • Rear Toe Adjustment
    • Description And Operation
      • Caster Description
      • Camber Description
      • Toe Description
      • Setback Description
      • Thrust Angles Description
      • Lead/Pull Description
      • Torque Steer Description
      • Memory Steer Description
      • Wander Description
      • Scrub Radius Description
    • Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2818: TPM Reset Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1245: Tire Pressure Low
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Does Not Reset
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Using the Systems Monitor
          • Using the DIC, if equipped
          • Using the Scan Tool
      • Description And Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular Or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check (Dual Ring Steel Wheel)
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check (Flat Mount Aluminum Wheel)
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire And Wheel Removal And Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting And Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description And Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts And Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • Tire Chain Usage Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Introduction (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Introduction & Repair Instructions
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Replacement - Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Adjustment
        • Torque Converter Clutch/Cruise Control Release Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch/Cruise Control Release Switch Adjustment
        • Floor Shift Control Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube and Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reverse Servo Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Forward Servo Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pressure Test Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Vent Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator and 2-1 Manual Servo Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermo Element Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Side Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fluid Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation (TCC PWM) Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Weir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Extension Housing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Final Drive Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Flywheel to Torque Converter Bolt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions And Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component And System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
          • Notes
          • Upshift Adapts (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
            • Notes
            • Steady State Adapts
            • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP)
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Automatic Transmission Input Speed Sensor
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Lever Assembly-Manual Shaft Detent with Internal Mode Switch
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
      • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - DTC P0218 To P1825
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC Table
        • DTC P0218: Transmission Fluid OVERTEMPERATURE
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0502: Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0503: Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Circuit Intermittent
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711: Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712: Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713: Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0716: Input Speed Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0717: Input Speed Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0719: Brake Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0724: Brake Switch Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741: Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) System - Stuck Off
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0742: Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) System - Stuck On
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0748: Pressure Control (Pc) Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0751: 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Performance - No First Or Fourth Gear
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0752: 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Performance - No Second Or Third Gear
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0753: 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0756: 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Performance - No First Or Second Gear
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0757: 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Performance - No Third Or Fourth Gear
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0758: 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1811: Maximum Adapt And Long Shift
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1819: Internal Mode Switch - No Start/Wrong Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1820: Internal Mode Switch A Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1822: Internal Mode Switch B Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1823: Internal Mode Switch P Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1825: Internal Mode Switch - Invalid Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - DTC P1826 To DTC P2761
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC Table
        • DTC P1826: Internal Mode Switch C Circuit High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1887: Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Release Switch Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2761: Converter Clutch (TCC) Pressure Control (Pc) Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Service, Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
        • Line Pressure Check Procedure
          • Tools Required
          • Line Pressure Check Procedure
        • Road Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
          • Torque Converter Evaluation and Diagnosis
        • Torque Converter Replacement Guide
        • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
          • Isolating Vibration
          • Indexing Torque Converter
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
          • Tools Required
          • Leak Test Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J45096)
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J35944-A)
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
        • Incorrect Line Pressure
        • Delayed Park to Reverse/Drive Engagement
        • Harsh Park to Reverse/Drive Engagement
        • Slips in Drive or No Drive
        • Slips in Reverse or No Reverse
        • Locked Up in Drive/Reverse
        • No Park Range
        • Harsh or Soft 1-2 Shift Feel
        • Harsh or Soft 2-3/3-2 Shift Feel
        • Harsh or Soft 3-4/4-3 Shift Feel
        • High or Low Upshift or Downshift Speed
        • First and Second Gear Only (2-3 Solenoid Stuck On)
        • First and Fourth Gear Only (1-2 Solenoid Stuck On)
        • Second and Third Gear Only (1-2 Solenoid Stuck Off)
        • Third and Fourth Gear Only (2-3 Solenoid Stuck Off)
        • First Gear Only
        • Second Gear Only
        • Third Gear Only
        • Fourth Gear Only
        • Slipping or No First Gear
        • Slipping or No Second Gear
        • Slipping or No Third Gear
        • Slipping or No Fourth Gear
        • No Engine Braking in Manual Second or Low Range
        • Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid Pressure
        • Popping Noise
        • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
        • Whine/Growl Noise That Changes with Vehicle Speed
        • Final Drive Noise or Hum Noise
        • Noise in First, Second, Third, or Fourth
        • Noise in Random Ranges
        • Abnormal Noise in Park or Neutral Range
        • Converter Clutch Stuck On in All Gears
        • Converter Clutch Stuck On in Second, Third and Fourth Gear
        • Harsh Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply or Release
        • Converter Clutch Apply Rough, Slips, or Shudders
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
    • Automatic Transaxle - Hydraulic Diagrams - 4T65-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle - Overhaul - 4T65-E
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Transfer Case Selective Washer Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Model Build Information (MN3)
        • Model Build Information (MN7)
        • Model Build Information (M15)
        • Model Build Information (M76)
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
      • Repair Instructions
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Transmission Support Fixture Assemble
        • Transfer Case Removal
        • Reverse Servo Removal
        • Forward Servo Removal
        • Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
        • Oil Filter Inspection
        • Accumulator Assembly and 2-1 Band Servo Removal
        • Control Valve Body Cover and Gaskets Disassemble
        • Wiring Harness Removal
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
        • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Removal
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Removal
        • Output Shaft Removal
        • Front Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
        • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Removal
        • Drive Axle Oil Seal Removal - Left
        • Case Cover Removal
        • Fourth Clutch Components Removal
        • Drive Link Stretch Check
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Removal
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
        • Second Clutch and Input Clutch Removal
        • Reverse Band Removal
        • Reverse Reaction Drum Removal
        • Case Extension Assembly Removal
        • Differential Carrier and Components Removal
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Removal
        • Reaction Sun Gear and Manual 2-1 Band Removal
        • 1-2 Support Drum and Forward Band Removal
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Removal
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Removal
        • Case Assembly Inspection
        • Case Components Disassemble
        • Case Components Assemble
        • Torque Converter Oil Seal Removal
        • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
        • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
        • Torque Converter Oil Seal Assemble
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Installation
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Assemble
        • Differential Carrier Inspection (FWD Only)
        • Differential Carrier Disassemble (FWD Only)
        • Differential Carrier Assemble (FWD Only)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Reluctor Wheel Disassemble (FWD Only)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Reluctor Wheel Assemble (FWD Only)
        • Differential Carrier Components Assemble (FWD Only)
        • Case Extension Assemble (FWD Only)
        • Forward Band Assemble
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Disassemble
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Assemble
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Functional Check
        • 1-2 Support Drum Assemble
        • 2-1 Manual Band Assemble
        • Reaction Sun Gear and Drum Assemble
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Pinion End Play Check
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Assemble
        • Reverse Reaction Drum Assemble
        • Input and Third Sprag Clutches Disassemble
        • Input and Third Sprag Clutches Assemble
        • Input and Third Sprag Clutches Functional Check
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Disassemble
        • Input Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
        • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
        • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Assemble
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Input Clutch Housing Oil Seal Rings Assemble
        • Input Clutch Housing and Sprag Clutches Assemble
        • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check (FWD Only)
        • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check (F4WD Only)
        • Second Clutch Disassemble
        • Second Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
        • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
        • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
        • Second Clutch Assemble
        • Reverse Band Assemble
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Disassemble
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Inspection
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Disassemble
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Assemble
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Assemble
        • Fourth and Second Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Second, Input, Third and Sprag Clutches Assemble
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assemble
        • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Disassemble
        • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Assemble
        • Drive and Driven Sprocket Components Assemble
        • Fourth Clutch Components Assemble
        • Case Cover Components Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
        • Case Cover Components Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
        • Case Cover Components Inspection (Without Touch Activated Power)
        • Case Cover Components Inspection (With Touch Activated Power)
        • Case Cover Bearing Disassemble
        • Case Cover Bearing Assemble
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Left
        • Case Cover Components Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
        • Case Cover Components Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
        • Case Cover and Gaskets Assemble
        • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Assemble
        • Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Disassemble - Right (FWD Only)
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Right (FWD Only)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Assemble (FWD Only)
        • Control Valve Body Clean
        • Control Valve Body Inspection
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
        • Control Valve Body Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
        • Control Valve Body Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
        • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Assemble
        • Control Valve Body and Spacer Plate Assemble
        • Oil Pump Components Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Components Assemble
        • Wiring Harness Assemble
        • Control Valve Body Cover and Gasket Assemble
        • Thermo Element Adjustment
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Disassemble
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Assemble
        • Accumulator Components Disassemble
        • Accumulator Components Assemble
        • Accumulator Assembly, 2-1 Band Servo Assemble
        • Oil Pan and Filter Assemble
        • Forward Band Servo Components Disassemble
        • Forward Band Servo Assemble
        • Reverse Band Servo Components Disassemble
        • Reverse Band Servo Assemble
        • Transmission to Transfer Case End Play Check (F4WD Only)
        • Transfer Case Installation
        • Output Shaft Assemble
        • Transmission Holding Fixture Disassemble
        • Torque Converter Inspection
        • Torque Converter Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral-Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Reverse (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Reverse (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
          • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
          • Manual Third Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
          • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Manual Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Off Valve (407)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
          • Manual First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Valve (443)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Shift Interlock System
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move With Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved Without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description And Operation
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle - Hydraulic Diagrams - 4T65-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle - Overhaul - 4T65-E
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Transfer Case Selective Washer Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Model Build Information (MN3)
        • Model Build Information (MN7)
        • Model Build Information (M15)
        • Model Build Information (M76)
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
      • Repair Instructions
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Transmission Support Fixture Assemble
        • Transfer Case Removal
        • Reverse Servo Removal
        • Forward Servo Removal
        • Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
        • Oil Filter Inspection
        • Accumulator Assembly and 2-1 Band Servo Removal
        • Control Valve Body Cover and Gaskets Disassemble
        • Wiring Harness Removal
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
        • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Removal
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Removal
        • Output Shaft Removal
        • Front Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
        • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Removal
        • Drive Axle Oil Seal Removal - Left
        • Case Cover Removal
        • Fourth Clutch Components Removal
        • Drive Link Stretch Check
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Removal
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
        • Second Clutch and Input Clutch Removal
        • Reverse Band Removal
        • Reverse Reaction Drum Removal
        • Case Extension Assembly Removal
        • Differential Carrier and Components Removal
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Removal
        • Reaction Sun Gear and Manual 2-1 Band Removal
        • 1-2 Support Drum and Forward Band Removal
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Removal
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Removal
        • Case Assembly Inspection
        • Case Components Disassemble
        • Case Components Assemble
        • Torque Converter Oil Seal Removal
        • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
        • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
        • Torque Converter Oil Seal Assemble
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Installation
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Assemble
        • Differential Carrier Inspection (FWD Only)
        • Differential Carrier Disassemble (FWD Only)
        • Differential Carrier Assemble (FWD Only)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Reluctor Wheel Disassemble (FWD Only)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Reluctor Wheel Assemble (FWD Only)
        • Differential Carrier Components Assemble (FWD Only)
        • Case Extension Assemble (FWD Only)
        • Forward Band Assemble
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Disassemble
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Assemble
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Functional Check
        • 1-2 Support Drum Assemble
        • 2-1 Manual Band Assemble
        • Reaction Sun Gear and Drum Assemble
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Pinion End Play Check
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Assemble
        • Reverse Reaction Drum Assemble
        • Input and Third Sprag Clutches Disassemble
        • Input and Third Sprag Clutches Assemble
        • Input and Third Sprag Clutches Functional Check
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Disassemble
        • Input Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
        • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
        • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Assemble
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Input Clutch Housing Oil Seal Rings Assemble
        • Input Clutch Housing and Sprag Clutches Assemble
        • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check (FWD Only)
        • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check (F4WD Only)
        • Second Clutch Disassemble
        • Second Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
        • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
        • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
        • Second Clutch Assemble
        • Reverse Band Assemble
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Disassemble
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Inspection
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Disassemble
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Assemble
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Assemble
        • Fourth and Second Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Second, Input, Third and Sprag Clutches Assemble
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assemble
        • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Disassemble
        • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Assemble
        • Drive and Driven Sprocket Components Assemble
        • Fourth Clutch Components Assemble
        • Case Cover Components Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
        • Case Cover Components Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
        • Case Cover Components Inspection (Without Touch Activated Power)
        • Case Cover Components Inspection (With Touch Activated Power)
        • Case Cover Bearing Disassemble
        • Case Cover Bearing Assemble
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Left
        • Case Cover Components Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
        • Case Cover Components Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
        • Case Cover and Gaskets Assemble
        • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Assemble
        • Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Disassemble - Right (FWD Only)
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Right (FWD Only)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Assemble (FWD Only)
        • Control Valve Body Clean
        • Control Valve Body Inspection
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
        • Control Valve Body Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
        • Control Valve Body Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
        • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Assemble
        • Control Valve Body and Spacer Plate Assemble
        • Oil Pump Components Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Components Assemble
        • Wiring Harness Assemble
        • Control Valve Body Cover and Gasket Assemble
        • Thermo Element Adjustment
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Disassemble
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Assemble
        • Accumulator Components Disassemble
        • Accumulator Components Assemble
        • Accumulator Assembly, 2-1 Band Servo Assemble
        • Oil Pan and Filter Assemble
        • Forward Band Servo Components Disassemble
        • Forward Band Servo Assemble
        • Reverse Band Servo Components Disassemble
        • Reverse Band Servo Assemble
        • Transmission to Transfer Case End Play Check (F4WD Only)
        • Transfer Case Installation
        • Output Shaft Assemble
        • Transmission Holding Fixture Disassemble
        • Torque Converter Inspection
        • Torque Converter Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral-Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Reverse (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Reverse (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
          • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
          • Manual Third Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
          • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Manual Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Off Valve (407)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
          • Manual First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Valve (443)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• External Pages